blob: e7d5ee18ff876f1940ee49c0d41cfdf717d34e0b [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
125/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
126/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
127/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
128/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
129/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
130Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
131 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
132 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
133
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
135 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
136 else
137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
138
139 return Expr;
140}
141
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000142/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
143/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
144/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
145void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
146 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
147 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
148
149 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
150 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
151 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
152 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
153
154 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
155}
156
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000157/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
158/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
159/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
160/// completely illegal.
161bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000162 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
163
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000164 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
165 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
166 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
167 << Expr->getType() << CT;
168 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000169 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000170
171 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
172 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
173 << Expr->getType() << CT;
174
175 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000176}
177
178
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
180/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
181/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
182/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
183/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
184/// GCC.
185QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
186 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000187 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000189
190 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000191
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
193 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000194 QualType lhs =
195 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
196 QualType rhs =
197 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000198
199 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
200 if (lhs == rhs)
201 return lhs;
202
203 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
204 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
205 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
206 return lhs;
207
208 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000209 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000210 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000212 return destType;
213}
214
215QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
216 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
217 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
218 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
219 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
220 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000221 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
222 lhs = Context.IntTy;
223 else
224 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
225 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
226 rhs = Context.IntTy;
227 else
228 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000229
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
231 if (lhs == rhs)
232 return lhs;
233
234 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
235 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
236 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
237 return lhs;
238
239 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
240
241 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
242 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
243 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
244 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
245 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return lhs;
247 }
248 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
249 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000250 return rhs;
251 }
252 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
253 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
254 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
255 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
256 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
257 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
258 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
259 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
260 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
261 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
262 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
263
264 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
265 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
267 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000268 }
269 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
270 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
271 // does not require this promotion.
272 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 return rhs;
275 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
278 }
279 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
280 }
281 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
282 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
283 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000284 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return lhs;
287 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000288 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
289 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
290 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
291 }
292 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return rhs;
295 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000296 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
297 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
298 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
299 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
301 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
302 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000303 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
306 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 }
308 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
309 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
310 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
311 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
312
313 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
314 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000315 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
316 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317 return rhs;
318 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
319 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 return lhs;
321 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
322 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323 return rhs;
324 }
325 }
326 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
327 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
328 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
329 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
330 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
331 QualType destType;
332 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
333 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
334 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
336 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
337 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
338 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
339 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
340 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
341 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
342 // use the signed type.
343 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
344 } else {
345 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
346 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
347 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
348 // to the signed type.
349 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
350 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000351 return destType;
352}
353
354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
355// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357
358
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000359/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000360/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
361/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
362/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
363/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364///
365Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000366Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000367 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
368
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000369 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000370 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000371 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000372
373 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
375 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000377 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000378 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000380
381 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
383 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000384
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000385 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
386 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
387 // strings.
388 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000389 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000390 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000391
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000392 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000393 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
394 Literal.GetStringLength(),
395 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
396 &StringTokLocs[0],
397 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000398}
399
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
401/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
402/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
403/// for values inside the block or for globals).
404///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
406/// up-to-date.
407///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000408static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
409 ValueDecl *VD) {
410 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
411 // we wanted to.
412 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
417 return false;
418
419 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
420 // snapshot it.
421 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
422 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000423 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
424 return false;
425
426 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
427 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
428
429 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
430 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
431 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
432 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
433 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
434 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
439
440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000444
445 return true;
446}
447
448
449
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000450/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000451/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000452/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000453/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000454/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000455Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
456 IdentifierInfo &II,
457 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000458 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
459 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
460 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000461 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000462}
463
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000464/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
465/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
466/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000467DeclRefExpr *
468Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
469 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
470 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000471 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000472 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
473 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000474 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000475 } else
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000476 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000477}
478
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
480/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
481/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000482static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
483 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
485 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
486
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000487 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
489 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
490 // this even better.
491 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
493 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 D != DEnd; ++D) {
495 if (*D == Record) {
496 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
497 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
498 ++D;
499 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000500 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 return *D;
502 }
503 }
504
505 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
506 return 0;
507}
508
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000509/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
510/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
511/// actual member.
512///
513/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
514/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
515/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
516/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
517/// we found.
518///
519/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
520/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
521/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
522VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
523 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000524 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
525 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
526 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
527
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000528 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000529 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
530 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
531 do {
532 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000533 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000535 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 else {
537 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
538 break;
539 }
540 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
541 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
542 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000543
544 return BaseObject;
545}
546
547Sema::OwningExprResult
548Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
549 FieldDecl *Field,
550 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
551 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
552 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
553 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
554 AnonFields);
555
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
557 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
558 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
559 // found via name lookup.
560 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
561 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
562 if (BaseObject) {
563 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
564 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000565 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 ExtraQuals
569 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
570 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
571 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
572 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
573 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
574 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
575 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
578 }
579 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
586 QualType AnonFieldType
587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000596 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
597 }
598 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000599 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
600 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000601 }
602 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
603 }
604
605 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000606 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
607 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000608 }
609
610 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
611 // anonymous struct/union.
612 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
613 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
614 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
615 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
616 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
617 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
618 unsigned combinedQualifiers
619 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
620 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
621 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000622 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
623 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000624 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
625 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000626 }
627
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000628 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000629}
630
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000631/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
632/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
633/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
634/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
635/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
636/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
637/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
638/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
639/// forms.
640///
641/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
642/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
643/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
644/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000645///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000646/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
647/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
648/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
649/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000650Sema::OwningExprResult
651Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
652 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000653 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000654 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000655 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000656 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
657 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000658
659 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
660 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
661 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
662 // names a dependent type.
663 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000664 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
665 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000666 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000667 }
668
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000669 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
670 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000671
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000672 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
673 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
674 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
675 : SourceRange());
676 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000677 }
678
679 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000680
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000681 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
682 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000683 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
684 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000685 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
686 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000687 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
688 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
689 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000690 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000693 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
694 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000695 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000696 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
697 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000698
699 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
700 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
701 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
702 return ExprError();
703
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000704 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
705 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
706 // an error.
707 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
708 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
709 << IV->getDeclName());
710 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
711 // same name exists, use the global.
712 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000713 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
714 ClassDeclared != IFace)
715 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000716 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
717 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
718 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
719 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000720 return Owned(new (Context)
721 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
722 static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
723 true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000724 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000725 }
726 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000727 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
728 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
729 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000730 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000731 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
732 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000733 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
734 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000735 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000736 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000737 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000738 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000739 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000740 QualType T;
741
742 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
743 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
744 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
745 else
746 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000747 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000748 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000749 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000750
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000751 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
752 // argument-dependent lookup.
753 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
754 HasTrailingLParen;
755
756 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000757 // We've seen something of the form
758 //
759 // identifier(
760 //
761 // and we did not find any entity by the name
762 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
763 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
764 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
765 Context.OverloadTy,
766 Loc));
767 }
768
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000769 if (D == 0) {
770 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
771 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000772 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000773 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000774 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000775 else {
776 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
777 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000778 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000779 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
780 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000781 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
782 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
784 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000785 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000787 }
788 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000789
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000790 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
791 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
792 // not any specific instance's member.
793 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000794 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000795 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000796 QualType DType;
797 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
798 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
799 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
800 DType = Method->getType();
801 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
802 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
803 }
804 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
805 if (!DType.isNull()) {
806 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
807 // dependent.
808 bool Dependent = false;
809 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
810 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
811 if (DC->isRecord()) {
812 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
813 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
814 Dependent = true;
815 break;
816 }
817 }
818 }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000819 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000820 }
821 }
822 }
823
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000824 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
825 // (C++ [class.union]).
826 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
827 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
828 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000829
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000830 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
831 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
832 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
833 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
834 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
835 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
836 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
837 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
838 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
839 QualType MemberType;
840 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
841 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
842 MemberType = FD->getType();
843
844 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
845 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
846 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
847 unsigned combinedQualifiers
848 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
849 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
850 }
851 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
852 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
853 Ctx = Method->getParent();
854 MemberType = Method->getType();
855 }
856 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
857 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
858 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
859 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
860 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
861 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
862 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
863 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
864 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
865 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
866 break;
867 }
868 }
869 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000870
871 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000872 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
873 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
874 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
875 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
876 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
877 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000878 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000879 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000880 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000881 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000882 }
883 }
884 }
885 }
886
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000887 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000888 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
889 if (MD->isStatic())
890 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000891 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
892 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000893 }
894
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000895 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
896 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
897 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000898 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
899 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000900 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000901
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000902 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000903 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000904 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000905 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000906 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000907 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000908
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000909 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000910 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000911 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
912 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000913 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
914 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
915 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000916 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000917
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000918 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
919 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
920 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
921 // that overload resolution actually selects.
922 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
923 return ExprError();
924
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000925 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000926 // Warn about constructs like:
927 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
928 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000929 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
930 Scope *CheckS = S;
931 while (CheckS) {
932 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000933 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000934 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000935 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
936 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000937 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000938 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
939 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000940 break;
941 }
942
943 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
944 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
945 if (CheckS)
946 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
947 }
948 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000949 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
950 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
951 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
952 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
953 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
954 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
955 // type.
956 QualType T = Func->getType();
957 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000958 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
959 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000960 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
961 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000962 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000963
964 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
965 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000966 return ExprError();
967
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000968 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
969 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
970 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
971 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000972 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000973 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
974 // as they do not get snapshotted.
975 //
976 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000977 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000978 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
979 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000980 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000982 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000983 ExprTy.addConst();
984 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000985 }
986 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
987 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000988
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000989 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000990 bool ValueDependent = false;
991 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
992 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
993 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
994 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
995 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
996 TypeDependent = true;
997 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
998 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
999 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1000 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1001 TypeDependent = true;
1002 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1003 // names a dependent type.
1004 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001005 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001006 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1007 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001008 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001009 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1010 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1011 TypeDependent = true;
1012 break;
1013 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001014 }
1015 }
1016 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001017
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001018 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1019 //
1020 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1021 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1022 if (TypeDependent)
1023 ValueDependent = true;
1024 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1025 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1026 ValueDependent = true;
1027 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1028 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1029 // (FIXME!).
1030 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001031
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001032 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1033 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001034}
1035
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001036Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1037 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001038 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001040 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001041 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001042 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1043 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1044 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001045 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001046
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001047 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1048 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001049 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001050 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1051 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001052 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1053 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1054 else {
1055 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1056 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1057 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1058 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001059
1060
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001061 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001062 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001063 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001064 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001065}
1066
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001067Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001068 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1069 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1070 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1071 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001072
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001073 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1074 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1075 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001077
1078 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1079
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001080 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1081 Literal.isWide(),
1082 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001083}
1084
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001085Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1086 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001087 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1088 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001089 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001090 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001091 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001092 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001093 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001094
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001095 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001096 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1097 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001098 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001099
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001100 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1101 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001102
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001103 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1104 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1105 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001106 return ExprError();
1107
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001108 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001109
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001110 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001111 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001112 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001113 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001114 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001115 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001116 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001117 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001118
1119 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1120
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001121 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1122 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001123 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1124 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001125
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001126 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001127 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001128 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001129 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001130
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001131 // long long is a C99 feature.
1132 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001133 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001134 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1135
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001136 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001137 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001139 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1140 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1141 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1143 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001144 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001145 } else {
1146 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1147 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001149 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1150 // be an unsigned int.
1151 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1152
1153 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001154 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001155 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1156 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001157 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001158
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001159 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1160 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1161 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1162 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001163 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001164 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001165 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001166 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001167 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001168 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001170 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001171 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001172 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001173
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001174 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1175 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1176 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1177 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001178 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001179 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001180 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001181 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001182 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001183 }
1184
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001185 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001186 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001187 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001188
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001189 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1190 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1191 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1192 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001193 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001194 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001195 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001196 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001197 }
1198 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001199
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001200 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1201 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001202 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001203 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001204 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001205 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001206 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001207
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001208 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1209 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001211 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001212 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001213
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001214 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1215 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001216 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1217 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
1219 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001220}
1221
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001222Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1223 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1224 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001225 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001226 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001227}
1228
1229/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1230/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001231bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001232 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1233 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1234 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001235 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1236 return false;
1237
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001238 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001239 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001240 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001241 if (isSizeof)
1242 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1243 return false;
1244 }
1245
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001246 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001247 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001248 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1249 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001250 return false;
1251 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001252
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001253 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1254 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1255 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1256 ExprRange))
1257 return true;
1258
1259 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001260 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001261 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001262 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1263 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001264 }
1265
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001266 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001267}
1268
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001269bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1270 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1271 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001272
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001273 // alignof decl is always ok.
1274 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1275 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001276
1277 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1278 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1279 return false;
1280
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001281 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1282 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1283 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattnerda027472009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001284 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001285 return true;
1286 }
1287 // Other fields are ok.
1288 return false;
1289 }
1290 }
1291 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1292}
1293
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001294/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1295Action::OwningExprResult
1296Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1297 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1298 if (T.isNull())
1299 return ExprError();
1300
1301 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1302 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1303 return ExprError();
1304
1305 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1306 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1307 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1308 R.getEnd()));
1309}
1310
1311/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1312/// operand.
1313Action::OwningExprResult
1314Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1315 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1316 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1317 bool isInvalid = false;
1318 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1319 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1320 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1321 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1322 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1323 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1324 isInvalid = true;
1325 } else {
1326 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1327 }
1328
1329 if (isInvalid)
1330 return ExprError();
1331
1332 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1333 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1334 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1335 R.getEnd()));
1336}
1337
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001338/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1339/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1340/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001341Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001342Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1343 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001344 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001345 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001346
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001347 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001348 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1349 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1350 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001351
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001352 // Get the end location.
1353 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1354 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1355 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1356
1357 if (Result.isInvalid())
1358 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1359
1360 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001361}
1362
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001363QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001364 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1365 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001366
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001367 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001368 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1369 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001370
1371 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1372 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1373 return V->getType();
1374
1375 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1377 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001378 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001379}
1380
1381
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001382
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001383Action::OwningExprResult
1384Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1385 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1386 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001387
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001388 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1389 switch (Kind) {
1390 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1391 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1392 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1393 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001394
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001395 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1396 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1397 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001398 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001399 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1400
1401 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1402 //
1403 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1404 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1405 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1406 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1407 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1408 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1409 // argument will have value zero.
1410 Expr *Args[2] = {
1411 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001412 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1413 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001414 };
1415
1416 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1417 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001418 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001419
1420 // Perform overload resolution.
1421 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1422 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1423 case OR_Success: {
1424 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1425 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1426
1427 if (FnDecl) {
1428 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1429 // operator.
1430
1431 // Convert the arguments.
1432 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1433 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001434 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001435 } else {
1436 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001437 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001438 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1439 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001440 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001441 }
1442
1443 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001444 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001445 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1446 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001447
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001448 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001449 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001450 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001451 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1452
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001453 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001454 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1455 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1456 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001457 } else {
1458 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1459 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1460 // operator node.
1461 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1462 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001463 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001464
1465 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001466 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001467 }
1468
1469 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1470 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1471 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1472 break;
1473
1474 case OR_Ambiguous:
1475 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1476 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1477 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1478 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001479 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001480
1481 case OR_Deleted:
1482 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1483 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1484 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1485 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1486 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1487 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001488 }
1489
1490 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1491 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1492 // build a built-in operation.
1493 }
1494
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001495 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1496 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001497 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001498 return ExprError();
1499 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001500 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001501}
1502
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001503Action::OwningExprResult
1504Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1505 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1506 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1507 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001508
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001509 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001510 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001511 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1512 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1513 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001514 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1515 // to the candidate set.
1516 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1517 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001518 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1519 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001521 // Perform overload resolution.
1522 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1523 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1524 case OR_Success: {
1525 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1526 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1527
1528 if (FnDecl) {
1529 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1530 // operator.
1531
1532 // Convert the arguments.
1533 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1534 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1535 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1536 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1537 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001538 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001539 } else {
1540 // Convert the arguments.
1541 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1542 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1543 "passing") ||
1544 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1545 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1546 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001547 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001548 }
1549
1550 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001552 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1553 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001554
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001555 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001556 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1557 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001558 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1559
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001560 Base.release();
1561 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001562 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1563 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001564 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001565 } else {
1566 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1567 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1568 // operator node.
1569 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1570 "passing") ||
1571 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1572 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001573 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001574
1575 break;
1576 }
1577 }
1578
1579 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1580 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1581 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1582 break;
1583
1584 case OR_Ambiguous:
1585 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1586 << "[]"
1587 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1588 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001589 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001590
1591 case OR_Deleted:
1592 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1593 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1594 << "[]"
1595 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1596 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1597 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001598 }
1599
1600 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1601 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1602 // build a built-in operation.
1603 }
1604
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001605 // Perform default conversions.
1606 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1607 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001609 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001610
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001611 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001612 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001613 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001614 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001615 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1616 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001617 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1618 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1619 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1620 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1621 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001622 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1623 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1624 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1625 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001626 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001627 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001628 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1629 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1630 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1631 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001632 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1633 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001634 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001635
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001636 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1637 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001638 } else {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001639 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1640 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1641 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001642 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001643 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001644 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1645 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001646
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001647 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1648 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1649 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1650 // incomplete types are not object types.
1651 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1652 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1653 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1654 return ExprError();
1655 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001656
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001657 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001658 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001659 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1660 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001661
1662 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1663 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1664 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1665 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1666 return ExprError();
1667 }
1668
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001669 Base.release();
1670 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001671 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001672 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001673}
1674
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001675QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001676CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001677 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001678 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001679
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001680 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1681 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001682
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001683 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001684 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1685 // to be selected.
1686 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001687
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001688 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1689 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1690 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001691
1692 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1693 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001694 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001695 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1696 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001697 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001698 do
1699 compStr++;
1700 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001701 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001702 do
1703 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001704 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001705 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001706
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001707 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001708 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1709 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001710 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1711 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001712 return QualType();
1713 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001714
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001715 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1716 // operates on.
1717 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1718 compStr = CompName.getName();
1719
1720 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001721 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001722
1723 while (*compStr) {
1724 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1725 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1726 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1727 return QualType();
1728 }
1729 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001730 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001731
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001732 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1733 // number of elements.
1734 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001735 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001736 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001737 return QualType();
1738 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001739
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001740 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001741 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001742 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001743 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001744 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001745 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1746 : CompName.getLength();
1747 if (HexSwizzle)
1748 CompSize--;
1749
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001750 if (CompSize == 1)
1751 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001752
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001753 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001754 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001755 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1756 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1757 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1758 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001759 }
1760 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001761}
1762
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001763static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1764 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001765 const Selector &Sel,
1766 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001767
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001768 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001769 return PD;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001770 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001771 return OMD;
1772
1773 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1774 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001775 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1776 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001777 return D;
1778 }
1779 return 0;
1780}
1781
1782static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1783 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001784 const Selector &Sel,
1785 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001786 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1787 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1788 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1789 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001790 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001791 GDecl = PD;
1792 break;
1793 }
1794 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001795 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001796 GDecl = OMD;
1797 break;
1798 }
1799 }
1800 if (!GDecl) {
1801 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1802 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1803 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001804 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001805 if (GDecl)
1806 return GDecl;
1807 }
1808 }
1809 return GDecl;
1810}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001811
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001812/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1813/// all base class implementations.
1814///
1815ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1816 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1817 const Selector &Sel) {
1818 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001819 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
1820 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00001821 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001822
1823 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1824 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1825 return Method;
1826}
1827
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001828Action::OwningExprResult
1829Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1830 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001831 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001832 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001833 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001834 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001835
1836 // Perform default conversions.
1837 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001838
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001839 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1840 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001841
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001842 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1843 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001844 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001845 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001846 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001847 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001848 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1849 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001850 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001851 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1852 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1853 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001854 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001855
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001856 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1857 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001858 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001859 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001860 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001861 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1862 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1863 return ExprError();
1864
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001865 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001866 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1867 // than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001868 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001869 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001870 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001871
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001872 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001873 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1874 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001875 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001876 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1877 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1878 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001879 }
1880
1881 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001882
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001883 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1884 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1885 // error cases.
1886 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1887 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001888
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001889 // Check the use of this field
1890 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1891 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001892
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001893 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001894 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1895 // (C++ [class.union]).
1896 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001897 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001898 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001899
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001900 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1901 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001902 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001903 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1904 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1905 else {
1906 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1907 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001908 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001909 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1910 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1911 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001912
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001913 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1914 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001915 }
1916
1917 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001918 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001919 Var, MemberLoc,
1920 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1921 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001922 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001923 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1924 MemberFn->getType()));
1925 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1926 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001927 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001928 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1929 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001930 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1931 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001932 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001933 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1934 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001935
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001936 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1937 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1938 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001939 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1940 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1941 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001942 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001943
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001944 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1945 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001946 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001947 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001948 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
1949 &Member,
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001950 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001951 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1952 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1953 // error cases.
1954 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1955 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001956
1957 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1958 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1959 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001960 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1961 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001962 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1963 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1964 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001965 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1966 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1967 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1968 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1969 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1970 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1971 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001972 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001973 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1974 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1975 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1976 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1977 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1978 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001979 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001980
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001981 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001982 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001983 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001984 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1985 }
1986 // @protected
1987 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1988 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1989 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001990
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001991 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001992 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001993 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001994 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001995 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1996 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1997 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001998 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001999
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002000 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2001 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2002 const PointerType *PTy;
2003 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2004 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2005 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2006 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002007
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002008 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002009 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2010 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002011 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2012 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2013 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002014
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002015 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002016 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2017 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002018
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002019 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002020 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2021 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002022 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2023 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002024 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2025 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2026 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002027
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002028 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002029 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2030 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002031
2032 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2033 // selector is implemented.
2034
2035 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2036 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2037
2038 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002039 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002040
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002041 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2042 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002043 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002044
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002045 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2046 if (!Getter) {
2047 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2048 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002049 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002050 }
2051 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002052 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002053 // Check if we can reference this property.
2054 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2055 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002056 }
2057 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2058 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2059 Selector SetterSel =
2060 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2061 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002062 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002063 if (!Setter) {
2064 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2065 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002066 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002067 }
2068 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2069 if (!Setter) {
2070 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2071 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002072 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002073 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002074 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002075
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002076 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2077 return ExprError();
2078
2079 if (Getter || Setter) {
2080 QualType PType;
2081
2082 if (Getter)
2083 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2084 else {
2085 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2086 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2087 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2088 }
2089 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2090 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2091 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2092 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002093 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2094 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002095 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002096 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2097 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2098 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2099 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002100 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002101 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002102 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002103 // Check the use of this declaration
2104 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2105 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002106
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002107 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002108 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2109 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002110 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002111 // Check the use of this method.
2112 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2113 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002114
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002115 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002116 OMD->getResultType(),
2117 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2118 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002119 }
2120 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002121
2122 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2123 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002124 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002125 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2126 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2127 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2128 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2129 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002130 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2131 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002132 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002133 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002134 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002135 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002136 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002137 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002138 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2139 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2140 Selector SetterSel =
2141 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2142 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002143 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002144 if (!Setter) {
2145 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2146 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002147 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002148 }
2149 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2150 if (!Setter) {
2151 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2152 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002153 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002154 }
2155 }
2156
2157 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2158 return ExprError();
2159
2160 if (Getter || Setter) {
2161 QualType PType;
2162
2163 if (Getter)
2164 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2165 else {
2166 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2167 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2168 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2169 }
2170 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2171 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2172 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2173 }
2174 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2175 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002176 }
2177 }
2178
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002179 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002180 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002181 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2182 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002183 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002184 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002185 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002186 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002187
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002188 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2189 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2190
2191 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2192 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2193 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2194 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2195 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2196 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2197 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2198 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2199 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2200 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2201 }
2202
2203 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002204}
2205
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002206/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2207/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2208/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2209/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2210/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2211/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002212bool
2213Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002214 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002215 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002216 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2217 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002218 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002219 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2220 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2221 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002222 bool Invalid = false;
2223
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002224 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2225 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2226 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2227 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2228 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2229 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2230 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2231 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002232 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002233 }
2234
2235 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2236 // them.
2237 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2238 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2239 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2240 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2241 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2242 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2243 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2244 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002245 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002246 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002247 }
2248 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2249 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002250
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002251 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2252 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2253 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002254
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002255 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002256 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002257 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002258
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002259 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2260 ProtoArgType,
2261 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2262 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2263 return true;
2264
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002265 // Pass the argument.
2266 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2267 return true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002268 } else
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002269 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002270 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002271 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002272
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002273 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2274 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002275
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002276 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2277 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002278 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2279 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2280 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2281 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2282 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2283
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002284 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2285 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2286 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002287 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002288 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2289 }
2290 }
2291
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002292 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002293}
2294
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002295/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002296/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2297/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002298Action::OwningExprResult
2299Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2300 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002301 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002302 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2303 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2304 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002305 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002306 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002307 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002308
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002309 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002310 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002311 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002312 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2313 bool Dependent = false;
2314 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2315 Dependent = true;
2316 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2317 Dependent = true;
2318
2319 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002320 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002321 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2322
2323 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2324 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2325 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2326 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2327
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002328 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002329 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2330 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2331 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002332 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2333 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002334 }
2335
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002336 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002337 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002338 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2339 bool ADL = true;
2340 while (true) {
2341 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2342 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2343 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002344 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002345 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002346 ADL = false;
2347 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2348 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002349 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002350 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2351 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002352 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2353 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2354 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2355 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002356 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002357 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2358 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2359 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002360 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002361 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2362 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2363 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002364 break;
2365 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002366 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002367
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002368 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2369 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002370 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002371 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2372 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002373
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002374 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002375 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002376 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002377 ADL = false;
2378
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002379 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2380 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2381 ADL = false;
2382
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002383 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002384 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2385 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002386 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2387 if (!FDecl)
2388 return ExprError();
2389
2390 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2391 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002392 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002393 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002394 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2395 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2396 false, false,
2397 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2398 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002399 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002400 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002401 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2402 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2403 Fn = NewFn;
2404 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002405 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002406
2407 // Promote the function operand.
2408 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2409
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002410 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2411 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002412 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2413 Args, NumArgs,
2414 Context.BoolTy,
2415 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002416
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002417 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2418 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2419 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2420 // have type pointer to function".
2421 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2422 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002423 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2424 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002425 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2426 } else { // This is a block call.
2427 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2428 getAsFunctionType();
2429 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002430 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002431 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2432 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2433
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002434 // Check for a valid return type
2435 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2436 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2437 FuncT->getResultType(),
2438 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2439 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2440 return ExprError();
2441
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002442 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002443 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002444
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002445 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002446 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002447 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002448 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002449 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002450 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002451
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002452 if (FDecl) {
2453 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2454 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2455 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregor72971342009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002456 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002457 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2458 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2459 }
2460
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002461 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002462 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2463 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2464 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002465 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2466 Arg->getType(),
2467 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2468 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2469 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002470 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002471 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002472 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002473
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002474 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2475 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002476 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2477 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002478
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002479 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002480 if (FDecl)
2481 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002482
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002483 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002484}
2485
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002486Action::OwningExprResult
2487Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2488 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002489 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002490 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002491 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002492 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002493 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002494
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002495 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002496 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002497 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2498 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002499 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002500 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2501 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002502 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002503
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002504 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002505 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002506 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002507
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002508 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002509 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002510 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002511 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002512 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002513 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002514 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002515 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002516}
2517
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002518Action::OwningExprResult
2519Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002520 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2521 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2522 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002523
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002524 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002525 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002526
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002527 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002528 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002529 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002530 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002531}
2532
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002533/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002534bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002535 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2536
2537 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2538 // type needs to be scalar.
2539 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2540 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002541 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2542 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002543 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002544 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2545 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2546 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2547 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002548 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002549 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2550 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2551 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2552 // GCC cast to union extension
2553 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2554 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002555 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002556 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2557 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2558 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2559 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2560 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2561 break;
2562 }
2563 }
2564 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2565 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2566 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2567 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002568 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002569 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002570 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002571 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002572 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002573 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002574 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2575 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002576 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002577 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2578 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2579 return true;
2580 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2581 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2582 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002583 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002584 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002585 }
2586 return false;
2587}
2588
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002589bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002590 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002591
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002592 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002593 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002594 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002595 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002596 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002597 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002598 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002599 } else
2600 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002601 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002602 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002603
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002604 return false;
2605}
2606
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002607Action::OwningExprResult
2608Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2609 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2610 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2611 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002612
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002613 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002614 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2615
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002616 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002617 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002618 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002619 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002620}
2621
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002622/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2623/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002624/// C99 6.5.15
2625QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2626 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002627 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2628 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2629 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2630
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002631 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2632 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2633 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2634 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2635 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2636 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002637
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002638 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002639 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2640 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2641 << CondTy;
2642 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002643 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002644
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002645 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002646
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002647 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2648 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002649 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2650 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2651 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002652 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002653
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002654 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2655 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002656 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2657 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002658 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002659 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002660 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002661 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002662 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002663 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002664
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002665 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002666 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002667 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2668 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2669 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2670 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2671 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2672 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2673 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2674 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2675 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002676 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002677 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002678 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2679 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002680 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2681 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2682 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2683 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2684 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002685 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002686 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2687 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2688 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2689 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2690 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002691 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002692
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002693 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2694 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002695 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2696 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002697 // get the "pointed to" types
2698 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2699 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002700
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002701 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2702 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002703 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002704 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2705 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002706 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002707 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2708 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002709 return destType;
2710 }
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002711 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002712 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002713 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002714 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2715 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002716 return destType;
2717 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002718
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002719 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattnerb4650c12009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002720 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002721 return LHSTy;
2722 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002723
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002724 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002725
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002726 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2727 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002728 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002729 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002730 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2731 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2732 // type. This allows
2733 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2734 // where B is a subclass of A.
2735 //
2736 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2737 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2738 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2739 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2740
Steve Naroff1fd03612009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002741 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002742 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002743 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2744 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2745 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2746 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002747 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002748 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor7ffd0de2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002749 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002750 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002751 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2752 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002753 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2754 } else {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002755 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002756 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002757 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002758 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002759 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2760 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002761 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002762 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002763 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002764 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002765 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2766 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002767 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2768 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2769 // to get a consistent AST.
2770 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002771 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2772 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002773 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002774 }
2775 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002776 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2777 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2778 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2779 // type.
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002780 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002781 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002782 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2783 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002784 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002785 }
2786 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002787
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002788 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2789 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2790 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2791 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2792 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2793 return RHSTy;
2794 }
2795 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2796 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2797 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2798 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2799 return LHSTy;
2800 }
2801
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002802 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2803 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2804 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2805 return LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002806
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002807 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2808 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002809 // id with statically typed objects).
2810 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002811 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2812 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2813 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002814 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002815 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002816 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2817 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2818 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002819 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2820 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2821 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2822 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2823 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2824 // cases. Investigate.
2825 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002826 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2827 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002828 return compositeType;
2829 }
2830 }
2831
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002832 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002833 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2834 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002835 return QualType();
2836}
2837
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002838/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002839/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002840Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2841 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2842 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2843 ExprArg RHS) {
2844 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2845 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002846
2847 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2848 // was the condition.
2849 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2850 if (isLHSNull)
2851 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002852
2853 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00002854 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002855 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002856 return ExprError();
2857
2858 Cond.release();
2859 LHS.release();
2860 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002861 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002862 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2863 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002864}
2865
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002866
2867// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002868// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002869// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2870// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2871// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002872Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002873Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2874 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002875
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002876 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002877 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2878 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002879
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002880 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002881 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2882 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002883
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002884 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002885
2886 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2887 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2888 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002889 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002890 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002891 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002892
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002893 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2894 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002895 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002896 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002897 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002898 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002899
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002900 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002901 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2902 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002903 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002904
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002905 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002906 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002907 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002908
2909 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002910 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2911 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002912 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002913 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002914 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002915 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2916 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2917 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2918 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2919 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2920 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2921 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2922 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2923 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2924 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2925 }
2926 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2927 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2928 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2929 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2930 }
2931 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2932 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2933 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2934 // warning can be disabled.
2935 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2936 return ConvTy;
2937 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2938 }
2939 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2940 return IncompatiblePointer;
2941 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002942 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002943}
2944
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002945/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2946/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2947/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2948// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002949Sema::AssignConvertType
2950Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002951 QualType rhsType) {
2952 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002953
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002954 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2955 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002956 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2957
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002958 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2959 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2960 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002961
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002962 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002963
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002964 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2965 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2966 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002967
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002968 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002969 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002970 return ConvTy;
2971}
2972
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002973/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2974/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002975/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2976///
2977/// int a, *pint;
2978/// short *pshort;
2979/// struct foo *pfoo;
2980///
2981/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2982/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2983/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2984/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2985///
2986/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002987/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002988///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002989Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002990Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002991 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2992 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002993 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2994 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002995
2996 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002997 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00002998
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002999 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3000 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3001 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3002 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3003 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3004 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3005 // type.
3006 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3007 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003008 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003009 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003010 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003011
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003012 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3013 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003014 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003015 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3016 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3017 return IntToPointer;
3018 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3019 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003020 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003021 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003022
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003023 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003024 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003025 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3026 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003027 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003028
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003029 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003030 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003031 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003032 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3033 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003034 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003035 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003036 }
3037 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003038 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003039
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003040 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003041 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003042
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003043 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003044 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003045 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003046
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003047 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003048 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003049
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003050 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003051 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003052 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003053
3054 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3055 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3056 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3057 return Compatible;
3058 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003059 return Incompatible;
3060 }
3061
3062 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3063 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003064 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003065
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003066 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3067 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3068 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3069 return Compatible;
3070
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003071 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3072 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003073
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003074 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3075 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003076 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003077 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003078 return Incompatible;
3079 }
3080
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003081 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003082 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003083 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3084 return Compatible;
3085
3086 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003087 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003088
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003089 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003090 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003091
3092 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003093 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003094 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003095 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003096 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003097
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003098 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003099 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003100 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003101 }
3102 return Incompatible;
3103}
3104
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003105Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003106Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003107 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3108 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3109 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3110 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3111 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003112 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3113 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003114 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003115 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003116 }
3117
3118 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3119 // structures.
3120 }
3121
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003122 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3123 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003124 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3125 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003126 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003127 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003128 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003129 return Compatible;
3130 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003131
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003132 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003133 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003134 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003135 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003136 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003138 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3139 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003140
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003141 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3142 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003143
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003144 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3145 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003146 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3147 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3148 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3149 // does not have reference type.
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003150 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003151 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003152 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003153}
3154
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003155Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003156Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3157 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3158}
3159
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003160QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003161 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003162 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003163 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003164 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003165}
3166
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003167inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003168 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003169 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003170 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003171 QualType lhsType =
3172 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3173 QualType rhsType =
3174 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003175
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003176 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003177 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003178 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003179
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003180 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3181 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003182 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3183 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3184 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003185 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3186 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003187 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003188 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003189 }
3190 }
3191 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003192
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003193 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3194 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003195 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003196 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003197
3198 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003199 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3200 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003201 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003202 return lhsType;
3203 }
3204 }
3205
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003206 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003207 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003208 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003209 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3210
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003211 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003212 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3213 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003214 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003215 return rhsType;
3216 }
3217 }
3218
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003219 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003220 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003221 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003222 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003223 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003224}
3225
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003226inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003227 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003228{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003229 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003230 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003231
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003232 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003233
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003234 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003235 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003236 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003237}
3238
3239inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003240 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003241{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003242 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3243 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3244 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3245 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3246 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003247
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003248 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003249
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003250 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003251 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003252 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003253}
3254
3255inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003256 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003257{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003258 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3259 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3260 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3261 return compType;
3262 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003263
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003264 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003265
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003266 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003267 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3268 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3269 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003270 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003271 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003272
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003273 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3274 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3275 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3276 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3277
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003278 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003279 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003280 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3281 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3282 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003283 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3284 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003285 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003286 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003287 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003288
3289 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3290 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3291 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003292 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003293 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3294 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3295 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3296 return QualType();
3297 }
3298
3299 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3300 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3301 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3302 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003303 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003304 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003305 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3306 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003307 return QualType();
3308
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003309 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3310 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3311 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3312 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3313 return QualType();
3314 }
3315
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003316 if (CompLHSTy) {
3317 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3318 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3319 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3320 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3321 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003322 return PExp->getType();
3323 }
3324 }
3325
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003326 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003327}
3328
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003329// C99 6.5.6
3330QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003331 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3332 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3333 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3334 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3335 return compType;
3336 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003337
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003338 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003339
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003340 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003341
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003342 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003343 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3344 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003345 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003346 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003347
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003348 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3349 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003350 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003351
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003352 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003353
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003354 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3355 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3356 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3357 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3358 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3359 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3360 return QualType();
3361 }
3362
3363 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3364 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3365 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3367 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003368 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003369 return QualType();
3370 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003371
3372 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3373 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3374 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3375 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3376 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3377 lex->getSourceRange(),
3378 SourceRange(),
3379 lex->getType()))
3380 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003381
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003382 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3383 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3384 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3385 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3386 return QualType();
3387 }
3388
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003389 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003390 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3391 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3392 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3393 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3394 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3395 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3396 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3397 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3398
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003399 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003400 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003401 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003402
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003403 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3404 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003405 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003406
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003407 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3408 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3409 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3410 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3411 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3412 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3413 return QualType();
3414 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003415
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003416 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3417 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3418 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3419 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003420 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003421 return QualType();
3422 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003423
3424 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3425 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3426 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3427 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3428 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3429 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3430 rex->getSourceRange(),
3431 SourceRange(),
3432 rex->getType()))
3433 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003434
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003435 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003436 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003437 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003438 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003439 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003440 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003441 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003442 return QualType();
3443 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003444
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003445 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3446 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3447 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3448 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3449 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3450 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3451 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003452
3453 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003454 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3455 }
3456 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003457
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003458 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003459}
3460
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003461// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003462QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003463 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003464 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3465 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003466 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003467
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003468 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3469 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003470 QualType LHSTy;
3471 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3472 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3473 else
3474 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003475 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003476 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3477
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003478 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003479
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003480 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003481 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003482}
3483
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003484// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003485QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003486 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3487 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3488
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003489 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003490 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003491
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003492 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003493 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3494 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3495 else {
3496 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3497 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3498 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003499 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3500 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003501
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003502 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003503 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3504 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3505 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003506 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3507 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003508 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3509 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3510 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3511 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003512 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3513 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003514 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003515
3516 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3517 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3518 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3519 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3520
3521 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3522 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003523 Expr *literalString = 0;
3524 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003525 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003526 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3527 literalString = lex;
3528 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3529 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003530 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3531 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003532 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3533 literalString = rex;
3534 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3535 }
3536
3537 if (literalString) {
3538 std::string resultComparison;
3539 switch (Opc) {
3540 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3541 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3542 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3543 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3544 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3545 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3546 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3547 }
3548 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3549 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3550 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003551 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3552 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3553 "strcmp(")
3554 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3555 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003556 resultComparison);
3557 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003558 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003559
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003560 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003561 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003562
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003563 if (isRelational) {
3564 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003565 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003566 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003567 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003568 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003569 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003570 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003571 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003572
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003573 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003574 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003575 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003576
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003577 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3578 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003579
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003580 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3581 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3582 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003583 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003584 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003585 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003586 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003587 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003588
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003589 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003590 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3591 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003592 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003593 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003594 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003595 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003596 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003597 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003598 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003599 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003600 // Handle block pointer types.
3601 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3602 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3603 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003604
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003605 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3606 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003607 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003608 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003609 }
3610 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003611 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003612 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003613 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3614 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3615 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3616 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003617 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003618 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003619 }
3620 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003621 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003622 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003623
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003624 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003625 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003626 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3627 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003628 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003629 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003630 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003631 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003632
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003633 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3634 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003635 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003636 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003637 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003638 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003639 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003640 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003641 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003642 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003643 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3644 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003645 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003646 } else {
3647 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003648 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003649 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003650 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003651 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003652 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003653 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003654 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003655 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003656 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003657 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003658 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003659 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003660 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003661 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003662 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003663 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003664 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003665 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003666 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003667 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003668 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003669 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003670 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003671 // Handle block pointers.
3672 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3673 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003674 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003675 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003676 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003677 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003678 }
3679 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3680 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003681 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003682 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003683 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003684 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003685 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003686 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003687}
3688
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003689/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003690/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003691/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3692/// types.
3693QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003694 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003695 bool isRelational) {
3696 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3697 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003698 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003699 if (vType.isNull())
3700 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003701
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003702 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3703 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003704
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003705 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3706 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3707 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3708 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3709 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3710 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3711 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003712 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003713 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003714
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003715 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3716 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3717 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003718 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003719 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003721 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3722 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3723 if (1) {
3724 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3725 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3726 return QualType();
3727 }
3728
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003729 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3730 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3731 // elements for floating point vectors.
3732 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3733 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003734
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003735 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003736 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003737 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003738 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003739 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003740 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3741
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003742 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003743 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003744 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3745}
3746
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003747inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003748 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003749{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00003750 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003751 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003752
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003753 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003754
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003755 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003756 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003757 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003758}
3759
3760inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003762{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003763 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3764 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003765
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003766 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003767 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003768 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003769}
3770
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003771/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3772/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3773/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3774///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003775static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003776{
3777 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3778 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3779 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3780 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3781 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003782 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003783 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3784 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3785 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3786 return true;
3787 }
3788 }
3789 return false;
3790}
3791
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003792/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3793/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3794static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003795 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
3796 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
3797 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003798 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3799 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003800 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3801 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003802
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003803 unsigned Diag = 0;
3804 bool NeedType = false;
3805 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3806 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3807 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003808 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003809 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3810 NeedType = true;
3811 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003812 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003813 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3814 NeedType = true;
3815 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003816 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003817 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3818 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003819 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003820 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3821 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003822 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3823 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003824 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003825 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3826 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003827 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003828 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3829 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003830 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003831 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3832 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003833 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3834 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3835 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003836 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3837 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3838 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003839 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003840
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003841 SourceRange Assign;
3842 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
3843 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003844 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003845 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003846 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003847 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003848 return true;
3849}
3850
3851
3852
3853// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003854QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3855 SourceLocation Loc,
3856 QualType CompoundType) {
3857 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3858 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003859 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003860
3861 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3862 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003863
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003864 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003865 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003866 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003867 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003868 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3869 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3870 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3871 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3872 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3873 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3874 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003875
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003876 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3877 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3878 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003879 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003880 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3881 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3882 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3883 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3884 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003885 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003886 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003887 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3888 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3889 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003890 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3891 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003892 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3893 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3894 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003895 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003896 }
3897 } else {
3898 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003899 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003900 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003901
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003902 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3903 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003904 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003905
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003906 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3907 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003908 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003909 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3910 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003911 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3912 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003913 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003914}
3915
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003916// C99 6.5.17
3917QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003918 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003919 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003920
3921 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3922 // incomplete in C++).
3923
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003924 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003925}
3926
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003927/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3928/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003929QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3930 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003931 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3932 return Context.DependentTy;
3933
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003934 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3935 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003936
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003937 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3938 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3939 if (!isInc) {
3940 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3941 return QualType();
3942 }
3943 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3944 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3945 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003946 // OK!
3947 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3948 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003949 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003950 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3951 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3952 << Op->getSourceRange();
3953 return QualType();
3954 }
3955
3956 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003957 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003958 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003959 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3960 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3961 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3962 return QualType();
3963 }
3964
3965 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003966 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003967 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3968 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3969 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3970 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003971 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003972 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3973 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3974 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003975 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003976 } else {
3977 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003978 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003979 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003980 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003981 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003982 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003983 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003984 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003985 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003986}
3987
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003988/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003989/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003990/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3991/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3992/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3993/// - &(x) => x
3994/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3995/// - &s.xx => s
3996/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3997/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3998/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3999/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004000static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004001 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004002 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004003 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004004 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004005 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004006 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4007 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4008 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004009 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004010 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004011 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004012 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004013 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004014 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
4015 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
4016 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4017 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4018 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4019 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4020 }
4021 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004022 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004023 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4024 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004025
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004026 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004027 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4028 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4029 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4030 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4031 default:
4032 return 0;
4033 }
4034 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004035 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004036 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004037 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004038 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4039 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004040 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004041 default:
4042 return 0;
4043 }
4044}
4045
4046/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004048/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004049/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004050/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004051/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004052/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004053QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004054 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4055 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4056
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004057 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4058 return Context.DependentTy;
4059
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004060 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4061 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4062 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4063 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4064 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4065 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4066 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4067 }
4068 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4069 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4070 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004071 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004072 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004073
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004074 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004075 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
4076 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004077 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004078 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4079 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004080 return QualType();
4081 }
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004082 } else if (op->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
4083 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4084 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4085 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004086 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004087 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4088 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004089 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004090 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004091 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004092 return QualType();
4093 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004094 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004095 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4096 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4097 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004098 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4099 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004100 return QualType();
4101 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004102 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004103 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004104 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4105 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004106 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4107 // scope qualifier for the class.
4108 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4109 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4110 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4111 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4112 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4113 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004114 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4115 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004116 // As above.
4117 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4118 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4119 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4120 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4121 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4122 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004123 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004124 else
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004125 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004126 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004127
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004128 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4129 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4130}
4131
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004132QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004133 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4134 return Context.DependentTy;
4135
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004136 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4137 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004138
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004139 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4140 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4141 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4142 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4143 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004144 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004145
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004146 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004147 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004148 return QualType();
4149}
4150
4151static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4152 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4153 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4154 switch (Kind) {
4155 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004156 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4157 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004158 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4159 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4160 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4161 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4162 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4163 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4164 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4165 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4166 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4167 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4168 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4169 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4170 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4171 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4172 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4173 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4174 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4175 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4176 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4177 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4178 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4179 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4180 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4181 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4182 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4183 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4184 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4185 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4186 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4187 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4188 }
4189 return Opc;
4190}
4191
4192static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4193 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4194 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4195 switch (Kind) {
4196 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4197 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4198 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4199 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4200 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4201 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4202 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4203 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4204 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004205 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4206 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4207 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4208 }
4209 return Opc;
4210}
4211
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004212/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4213/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4214/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004215Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4216 unsigned Op,
4217 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004218 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004219 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004220 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4221 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4222 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004223
4224 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004225 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4226 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4227 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004228 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4229 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4230 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4231 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4232 break;
4233 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004234 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4235 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4236 break;
4237 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4238 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4239 break;
4240 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4241 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4242 break;
4243 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4244 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4245 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004246 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004247 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4248 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4249 break;
4250 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4251 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4252 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4253 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004254 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004255 break;
4256 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4257 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004258 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004259 break;
4260 case BinaryOperator::And:
4261 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4262 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4263 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4264 break;
4265 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4266 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4267 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4268 break;
4269 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4270 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004271 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4272 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4273 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4274 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004275 break;
4276 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004277 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4278 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4279 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4280 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004281 break;
4282 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004283 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4284 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4285 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004286 break;
4287 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004288 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4289 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4290 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004291 break;
4292 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4293 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004294 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4295 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4296 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4297 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004298 break;
4299 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4300 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4301 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004302 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4303 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4304 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4305 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004306 break;
4307 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4308 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4309 break;
4310 }
4311 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004312 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004313 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004314 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4315 else
4316 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004317 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4318 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004319}
4320
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004321// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004322Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4323 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4324 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004325 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004326 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004327
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004328 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4329 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004330
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004331 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4332 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4333 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4334 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4335 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4336 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4337 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004338 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004339 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4340 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4341 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4342 Functions);
4343 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4344 DeclarationName OpName
4345 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4346 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004347 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004348
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004349 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4350 // binary operation.
4351 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004352 }
4353
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004354 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4355 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004356}
4357
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004358Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4359 unsigned OpcIn,
4360 ExprArg InputArg) {
4361 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004362
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004363 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4364 // appropriately.
4365 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004366 QualType resultType;
4367 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004368 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4369 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4370 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4371 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4372 break;
4373
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004374 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4375 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004376 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4377 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004378 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004379 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004380 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4381 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004382 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004383 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004384 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4385 break;
4386 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4387 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004388 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4389 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004390 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4391 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004392 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4393 break;
4394 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4395 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4396 break;
4397 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4398 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4399 resultType->isPointerType())
4400 break;
4401
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004402 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4403 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004404 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004405 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4406 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004407 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4408 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004409 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4410 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4411 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004412 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004413 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004414 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004415 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4416 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004417 break;
4418 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4419 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004420 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4421 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004422 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4423 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004424 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004425 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4426 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004427 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004428 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4429 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004430 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004431 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004432 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004433 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004434 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004435 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004436 resultType = Input->getType();
4437 break;
4438 }
4439 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004440 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004441
4442 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004443 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004444}
4445
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004446// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4447Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4448 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4449 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4450 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4451
4452 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4453 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4454 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4455 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4456 // the arguments.
4457 FunctionSet Functions;
4458 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4459 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4460 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4461 Functions);
4462 DeclarationName OpName
4463 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4464 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4465 }
4466
4467 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4468 }
4469
4470 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4471}
4472
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004473/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004474Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4475 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4476 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004477 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004478 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004479
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004480 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4481 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004482 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004483 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004484
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004485 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004486 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4487 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004488}
4489
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004490Sema::OwningExprResult
4491Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4492 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4493 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004494 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4495 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4496
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004497 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004498 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004499 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004500
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004501 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4502 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4503 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004504
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004505 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4506 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4507 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004508
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004509 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4510 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4511 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4512 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4513 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004514
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004515 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004516 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004517 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004518
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004519 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4520 // expressions are not lvalues.
4521
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004522 substmt.release();
4523 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004524}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004525
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004526Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4527 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4528 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4529 TypeTy *argty,
4530 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4531 unsigned NumComponents,
4532 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4533 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4534 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004535 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4536 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004537
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004538 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4539
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004540 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4541 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4542 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004543 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004544 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004545
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004546 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4547 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004548
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004549 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4550 // the offsetof designators.
4551 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4552 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004553 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004554 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004555
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004556 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4557 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004558 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4559 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004560 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004561 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4562 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004563
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004564 if (!Dependent) {
4565 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4566 // leaks like a sieve.
4567 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4568 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4569 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4570 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4571 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4572 if (!AT) {
4573 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004574 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4575 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004576 }
4577
4578 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4579
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004580 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4581 // expression.
4582 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4583
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004584 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4585 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004586 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004587 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004588 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4589 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4590 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004591
4592 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4593 OC.LocEnd);
4594 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004595 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004596
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004597 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4598 if (!RC) {
4599 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004600 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4601 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004602 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004603
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004604 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4605 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4606 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4607 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4608 LookupMemberName)
4609 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004610 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004611 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004612 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4613 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004614
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004615 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4616 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4617 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4618 // matter here.
4619 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004620 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004621 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004622 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004623
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004624 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4625 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004626}
4627
4628
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004629Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4630 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4631 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004632 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4633 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004634
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004635 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004636
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004637 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4638 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004639}
4640
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004641Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4642 ExprArg cond,
4643 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4644 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4645 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4646 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4647 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004648
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004649 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4650
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004651 QualType resType;
4652 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4653 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4654 } else {
4655 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4656 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4657 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4658 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004659 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4660 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4661 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004662
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004663 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4664 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4665 }
4666
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004667 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4668 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4669 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004670}
4671
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004672//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4673// Clang Extensions.
4674//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4675
4676/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004677void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004678 // Analyze block parameters.
4679 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004680
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004681 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4682 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4683 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004684
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004685 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4686 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004687 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004688 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4689 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004690
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004691 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004692 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004693}
4694
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004695void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4696 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4697
4698 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4699 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4700 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4701
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004702 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4703 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4704 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4705
4706 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4707 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004708
4709 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4710
4711 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4712 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4713 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4714 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4715 return;
4716 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004717 return;
4718 }
4719
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004720 // Analyze arguments to block.
4721 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4722 "Not a function declarator!");
4723 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004724
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004725 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4726 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004728 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4729 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4730 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4731 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004732 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4733 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004734 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004735 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004736 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4737 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004738 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004739 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004740 }
Steve Naroffe78b8092009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004741 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004742 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004743
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004744 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4745 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4746 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4747 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4748 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004749
4750 // Analyze the return type.
4751 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4752 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4753
4754 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4755 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4756 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4757 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4758 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4759 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004760}
4761
4762/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4763/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4764void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4765 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4766 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004767
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004768 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4769
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004770 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00004771 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004772 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004773 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004774}
4775
4776/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4777/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004778Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4779 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004780 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4781 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4782 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4783
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004784 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4785 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004786
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004787 PopDeclContext();
4788
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004789 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4790 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004791
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004792 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4793 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4794 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004795
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004796 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4797 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4798 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004799
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004800 QualType BlockTy;
4801 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004802 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004803 else
4804 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004805 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004806
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004807 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4808
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004809 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004810
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004811 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
4812 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
4813 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
4814 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4815
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004816 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4817 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4818 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004819}
4820
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004821Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4822 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4823 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004824 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004825 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4826 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4827
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004828 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004829
4830 // Get the va_list type
4831 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4832 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4833 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4834 // a pointer for va_arg.
4835 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4836 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmanefbe85c2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004837 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4838 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004839
Chris Lattner3f419762009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004840 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004841 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4842 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004843 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004844 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004845
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004846 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004847 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004848
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004849 expr.release();
4850 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4851 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004852}
4853
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004854Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004855 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4856 // pointers on the target.
4857 QualType Ty;
4858 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4859 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4860 else
4861 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4862
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004863 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004864}
4865
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004866bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4867 SourceLocation Loc,
4868 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4869 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4870 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4871 bool isInvalid = false;
4872 unsigned DiagKind;
4873 switch (ConvTy) {
4874 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4875 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004876 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004877 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4878 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004879 case IntToPointer:
4880 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4881 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004882 case IncompatiblePointer:
4883 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4884 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004885 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4886 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4887 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004888 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4889 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4890 break;
4891 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004892 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4893 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4894 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4895 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4896 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4897 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4898 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4899 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4900 // C++ semantics.
4901 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4902 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4903 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004904 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4905 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004906 case IntToBlockPointer:
4907 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4908 break;
4909 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00004910 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004911 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004912 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004913 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004914 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4915 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4916 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004917 case IncompatibleVectors:
4918 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4919 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004920 case Incompatible:
4921 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4922 isInvalid = true;
4923 break;
4924 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004925
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004926 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4927 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004928 return isInvalid;
4929}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004930
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00004931bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004932 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4933
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004934 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004935 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4936 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4937
4938 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4939 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4940 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4941 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4942 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4943 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4944 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004945
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004946 return true;
4947 }
4948
4949 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004950 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004951 E->getSourceRange();
4952
4953 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4954 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4955 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4956 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004957
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004958 if (Result)
4959 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4960 return false;
4961}